Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users in the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users of the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users who are in the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users within the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application my name is Name240393 and my marking subject should be 5. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[3]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application my name is Name240393 with marking subject should be 5. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application with name is Name240393 and my marking subject should be 5. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application: my name is Name240393 and my marking subject should be 5. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher|||Args==Name240393,?|||Reason==user wants to complete the approval process by providing username.Invalid Reason:The user did not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
User's texts:Please complete my application my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher|||Args==Name240393,?|||Reason==user wants to complete the approval process by providing username.Invalid Reason:The user did not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a valid command and does not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
User's texts:Please complete my application my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[5]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[6]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: UnlessEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application with name Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a valid command, as it is a request rather than an instruction or query to the database.
User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a valid command, as it is a request rather than an instruction or query to the database.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user's request is not a valid command and the operation is not executable.
User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a valid command, as it is a request rather than an instruction or query to the database.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user's request is not a valid command and the operation is not executable.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction. The operation is not executable.
User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a valid command, as it is a request rather than an instruction or query to the database.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user's request is not a valid command and the operation is not executable.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user text is not a command, it is an instruction. The operation is not executable.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason: The user did not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
User's texts:Please complete my application! my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, the classifier made a mistake!
User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, the classifier made a mistake!
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a valid command, it is a request.
User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, the classifier made a mistake!
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a valid command, it is a request.
Invalid Answer:VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher|||Args==Name240393,?|||Reason==user wants to complete the approval process by becoming a team leader.Invalid Reason:The user did not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, it is an instruction.
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a command, the classifier made a mistake!
Invalid Answer:?|||Args==?|||Reason==there are no executable commands that satisfy the users' requestInvalid Reason:The user text is not a valid command, it is a request.
Invalid Answer:VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher|||Args==Name240393,?|||Reason==user wants to complete the approval process by becoming a team leader.Invalid Reason:The user did not provide enough information for the operation to be completed.
Invalid Answer:VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher|||Args==Name240393,?|||Reason==user wants to complete the approval process by becoming a team leader.Invalid Reason:Not enough arguments provided for the operation.
User's texts:Please complete my application. my name is Name240393.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[4]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[5]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allquery_result[6]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my marking subject into 8.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for allEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my marking subject to 8.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Change my marking subject into 8.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[3]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:judge whether each process is valid according to the scoring equation given by the scoring standard, and give points to the valid equations reflected in the answer. If the scoring standard has multiple methods, choose the method that scores the most for the answerer; if a method not included in the scoring standard is used, and the reasoning is sound, please also report to the organizing committee. For each question, fill in the corrected score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to transmit the results to the server and get the next question. If you believe there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to return to the misjudged question, modify the score in thequery_result[6]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seeEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Modify the viewing problem of me into 8 please.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[4]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my marking subject. . Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[4]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my marking subject. . Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:after checking the score, you can view the score of each question for each student here 4. There is an "Export" button in the upper right corner of the "Total Score and Ranking" page, click it to export each student's score, ranking, small question score situation into an excel spreadsheet. In the spreadsheet page, click the ellipsis in the upper right corner to send the spreadsheet for other uses. ly, the computer version of the mini program does not support this function, it is recommended that you use your phone to export.  Part Three Vice Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login 1.1 Enter the mini program pagequery_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the score in "Score", and then click "Next" to send the result to the server 6. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "����", it means that this group of users has completed the marking task IV. Score Query and Check Score 1. Click "Home" >> "Score Query" 2. Click "Total Score and Ranking"; before checking the score, it is displayed as "Before Checking Score". At this time, you can view the theoretical, experimental, and total scores of each student. ly, it does not support submitting score checking forms in the mini program, please contact theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change the problem index I view. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my viewing problem idx. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my marking subject into 9.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The response does not address the question asked.
User's texts:Please change my marking subject into 9.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:for each student here 4. There is an "Export" button in the upper right corner of the "Total Score and Ranking" page, click it to export each student's score, ranking, small question score situation into an excel spreadsheet. In the spreadsheet page, click the ellipsis in the upper right corner to send the spreadsheet for other uses. ly, the computer version of the mini program does not support this function, it is recommended that you use your phone to export.  Here are some questions that may arise during the exam, along with their answers: Q: Why can't I unzip the exam paper? A: If you can't unzip the exam paper, you can download a software called 7zip to openquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[6]:after checking the score, you can view the score of each question for each student here 4. There is an "Export" button in the upper right corner of the "Total Score and Ranking" page, click it to export each student's score, ranking, small question score situation into an excel spreadsheet. In the spreadsheet page, click the ellipsis in the upper right corner to send the spreadsheet for other uses. ly, the computer version of the mini program does not support this function, it is recommended that you use your phone to export.  Part Three Vice Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login 1.1 Enter the mini program pageEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change the subject I mark into 9.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change the problem I view into 9.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[4]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my subject to mark into 9.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[6]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please make me an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let me be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[6]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please make me an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let me be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please make me an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seeEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let me be an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[3]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please make me an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seeEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let me be an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[3]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an team leader. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher named name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher whose name is name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher with name name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[5]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher called name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher named name7546895. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher whose name is name7546895. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add CandidateEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher with name name7546895. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[6]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher called name7546895. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher named name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher whose name is name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher with name name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[5]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher called name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:"Upload Answer Card" under the "First Question", then choose "Shoot" or "Choose from Album" You can choose to "Shoot" and use the phone camera to take a picture of the corresponding question, or you can choose "Choose from Album" and select the corresponding photo from the album 4. After you (shoot or select from the album) the photo of a question, the program will automatically pop out the submission option for the next question ("Shoot", "Choose from Album", "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting the photo of the next question, you can directly click. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Card" for the corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiencyEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit into 50.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[3]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[4]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[5]:or "Choose from Album". You can choose "Take Photo" and use your phone's camera to capture the corresponding question, or choose "Choose from Album" and select the appropriate photo from your album 4 After you've selected a photo for a question, the app will automatically present the submission options for the next question ("Take Photo," "Choose from Album," "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting photos for the next question, you can click directly. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Sheet" for the corresponding question. This continuous selection function is designed to improve upload efficiency 5 If you want to reselect a photo for a question, click the cross in the upper right corner of thequery_result[6]:"Upload Answer Card" under the "First Question", then choose "Shoot" or "Choose from Album" You can choose to "Shoot" and use the phone camera to take a picture of the corresponding question, or you can choose "Choose from Album" and select the corresponding photo from the album 4. After you (shoot or select from the album) the photo of a question, the program will automatically pop out the submission option for the next question ("Shoot", "Choose from Album", "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting the photo of the next question, you can directly click. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Card" for the corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiencyEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit so that I can upload 50 answer sheets at a time. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[5]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[6]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: UnlessEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit to 50.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[3]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[4]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[5]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[6]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my upload limit into 50.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[4]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit into 114514.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:or "Choose from Album". You can choose "Take Photo" and use your phone's camera to capture the corresponding question, or choose "Choose from Album" and select the appropriate photo from your album 4 After you've selected a photo for a question, the app will automatically present the submission options for the next question ("Take Photo," "Choose from Album," "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting photos for the next question, you can click directly. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Sheet" for the corresponding question. This continuous selection function is designed to improve upload efficiency 5 If you want to reselect a photo for a question, click the cross in the upper right corner of thequery_result[6]:"Upload Answer Card" under the "First Question", then choose "Shoot" or "Choose from Album" You can choose to "Shoot" and use the phone camera to take a picture of the corresponding question, or you can choose "Choose from Album" and select the corresponding photo from the album 4. After you (shoot or select from the album) the photo of a question, the program will automatically pop out the submission option for the next question ("Shoot", "Choose from Album", "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting the photo of the next question, you can directly click. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Card" for the corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiencyEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit so that I can upload  114514 answer sheets at a time. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[4]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:"Upload Answer Card" under the "First Question", then choose "Shoot" or "Choose from Album" You can choose to "Shoot" and use the phone camera to take a picture of the corresponding question, or you can choose "Choose from Album" and select the corresponding photo from the album 4. After you (shoot or select from the album) the photo of a question, the program will automatically pop out the submission option for the next question ("Shoot", "Choose from Album", "Cancel"). If you want to continue selecting the photo of the next question, you can directly click. You can also click "Cancel" and then click "Upload Answer Card" for the corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiencyEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my upload limit to 114514.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 9. Problems to be marked is 9That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[2]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canquery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[5]:after checking the score, you can view the score of each question for each student here 4. There is an "Export" button in the upper right corner of the "Total Score and Ranking" page, click it to export each student's score, ranking, small question score situation into an excel spreadsheet. In the spreadsheet page, click the ellipsis in the upper right corner to send the spreadsheet for other uses. ly, the computer version of the mini program does not support this function, it is recommended that you use your phone to export.  Part Three Vice Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login 1.1 Enter the mini program pagequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my upload limit into 114514.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:please contact the CPHOS technical team. Q: We missed the deadline for handing in the paper, can you open the channel again? A: If you missed the deadline for handing in the paper, you need customer service. Please contact the CPHOS technical team promptly for communication. After negotiation, we will open the channel for you. Q: Can you distribute the exam papers in advance? A: The submission time is generally quite ample, and you can adjust the exam time accordingly. If there are special circumstances and you need to distribute the papers in advance, please contact the CPHOS management promptly.  Here are some off-season questions, along with their answers: Q: When does the next exam start? A: You canEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my school into schoolname954082.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[6]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seeEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my school to schoolname954082.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[3]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[4]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[5]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my school profile of the school named schoolname954082.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[3]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[6]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add CandidateEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let my school be schoolname954082.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[3]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:your student's regional ranking and overall ranking. CPHOS does not publicly release a comprehensive list. Q: Can the score checking period be extended? A: In principle, score checking stops at the end of the designated period. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS question-setting team promptly.query_result[6]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school called MyNewSchool in area Tokyo. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[4]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school called MyNewSchool in Tokyo. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[3]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team LeaderEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school in Tokyo called MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school in Tokyo whose school name is MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[3]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:your student's regional ranking and overall ranking. CPHOS does not publicly release a comprehensive list. Q: Can the score checking period be extended? A: In principle, score checking stops at the end of the designated period. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS question-setting team promptly.query_result[6]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school called MyNewSchool in area Tokyo. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[4]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school called MyNewSchool in Tokyo. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[3]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[4]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team LeaderEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school in Tokyo called MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[5]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school in Tokyo whose school name is MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[3]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[4]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[5]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[6]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seeEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school called MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[6]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school named MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[3]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[4]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[5]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school of MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[3]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[4]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[5]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[6]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please Add a new school whose name is MyNewSchool. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users called Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[5]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[6]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One BasicEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users whose name is Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[4]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[5]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users called Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[5]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[6]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One BasicEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users whose name is Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer: based on the information provided, there is no specific information about Andy as a user in the system.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not relevant to the question about Andy in the system.
User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer: based on the information provided, there is no specific information about Andy as a user in the system.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not relevant to the question about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not related to the question asked about Andy in the system.
User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer: based on the information provided, there is no specific information about Andy as a user in the system.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not relevant to the question about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not related to the question asked about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is irrelevant and does not address the question about Andy in the system.
User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[5]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer: based on the information provided, there is no specific information about Andy as a user in the system.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not relevant to the question about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is not related to the question asked about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The answer provided is irrelevant and does not address the question about Andy in the system.
Invalid Answer:I cannot provide specific information about Andy as a user in the system.Invalid Reason:The answer is not relevant to the question about Andy in the system.
User's texts:Tell me information about Andy, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[4]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[5]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[6]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleaseEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Andy. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[5]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[6]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users called Bob. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[2]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users whose name is Bob. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[2]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[3]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using thequery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Bob, a user in the system. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[5]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about Bob. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[5]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[6]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users in the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users of the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users who are in the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[2]:Information, Two Types of Users, Basic Introduction to "Group" Users Teachers from schools, the tasks of uploading answer sheets, marking, querying results, and exporting student score sheets can and need to be completed in the WeChat mini program. The new version of the mini program allows you to view all the scores and ranking information of your students in this exam (including the rankings within the competition area). Therefore, there will no longer be a competition area leader set up internally by CPHOS. All users need to register before using, and can use it after the background review is passed. Teachers from schools can be set up to use two types of users ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leaderquery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:School Teacher CPHOS Mini Program User Guide This guide is divided into three parts: The first part provides basic information about the CPHOS mini program; it introduces two types of users: ( Team Leader User, Vice Team Leader User), as well as the concept of a "group" user. The second part provides a user guide for the Team Leader for using the marking mini program. The third part provides a user guide for the Vice Team Leader for using the marking mini program. All teachers, please be sure to carefully read the first part of this guide, as well as the parts in sections two and three that correspond to you. Note: If you have any questions while using theEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Tell me information about users within the school schoolname344263. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: teamleader, The user is teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[6]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please make me an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[2]:I register for the exam? A: Before each season begins, you can register for the entire season's exam on behalf of your school. Coaches and other members of the public who wish to participate can join as observers. You can reply "Observer" in the CPHOS official public account to get the review group QR code, and you also need to contact the CPHOS management; for some outstanding students who are unable to participate in the exam on behalf of their school, CPHOS has opened a personal registration channel. Please reply "Individual Registration" in the public account to get the review group QR code, and contact the CPHOS management. Q: When will the review of the last round of exam questionsquery_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[6]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please let me be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[4]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[5]:follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will issue notifications before each exam, so you can be prepared. Q: How can I join the CPHOS organization? A: Thank you for your recognition of CPHOS! We welcome new members. If you are interested in joining us, you can participate in the spring, summer, and autumn recruitment. There will be information registration, interviews, and other stages. Please follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. Q: Can you send some previous exam questions? A: You can follow the CPHOS official public account, click on "Exam Materials" below, or visit the CPHOS official website and click on "Download Resources" in the upper right corner. Q: How doquery_result[6]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.
Attention! Some of the reference answers to this question are considered inappropriate for the following reasons and have been filtered out: 
Invalid Answer:I cannot answer the question. Please contact human customer service.Invalid Reason:The question is not a query or operation, but rather a request to modify the profile. The response provided is irrelevant and does not address the request.
User's texts:Please modify my profile so that I will be an arbiter. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: arbiter, The user is arbiterNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher named name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notquery_result[5]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.query_result[6]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher whose name is name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[6]:that schools need to mark, when assigning marking, the number of questions assigned to this "group" of users is approximately 2*8 times the number of test papers uploaded by the Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him. Unless there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for marking all the questions assigned to this "group" of users. In special cases, the Vice Team Leader User under the Team Leader User can also help the Team Leader User with marking. Please note, the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for this group of users' marking. If CPHOS finds that a "group" of users have quality issues in marking or have notEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher with name name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:mini program or reading this guide, please directly contact the CPHOS technical group in the WeChat group, we will provide you with relevant help. Note: At present, the system and our official statements recognize "Team Leader" teachers and "Vice Team Leader" teachers; in the past we used the terms "Person in Charge" and "Coach" users, but "Team Leader" and "Vice Team Leader" are more appropriate, so we changed to the naming method. In this guide, to accommodate teachers who have participated in previous sessions, when referring to the Team Leader users, we will use the term Team Leader User, and when referring to Vice Team Leader users, we will use the term Vice Team Leader User.  Part One Basicquery_result[2]:User). The introduction of these two types of users is as follows; by default, all newly reviewed teachers will be set as Team Leader Users. If your school's situation requires setting up Vice Team Leader User, please contact CPHOS via WeChat group chat. A Team Leader User can have zero, one, or several Vice Team Leader Users, but a Vice Team Leader User can only have one Team Leader User above. A Team Leader User and all the Vice Team Leader Users under him are a "group" of users. Team Leader User and Vice Team Leader User can each upload their own students' test papers, and they can also query and export their own students' results. For the joint examsquery_result[3]:completed marking in time, we will first contact the Team Leader User corresponding to this group of users! A school can have multiple Team Leaders. The marking diagram of the Team Leader User and its subordinate Vice Team Leader User is as follows, where "Old Version" can be analogous to the previous version of the mini program, and "New Version" can be analogous to the version of the mini program, which you can use as a reference. Part Two Team Leader User Marking Mini Program User Guide I. Authorization Login and Student Information Entry: 1. Authorization Login   1.1 Enter the mini program page 1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait forquery_result[4]:and we will open the grading permissions for the deputy team leader. To ensure fairness and the quality of grading, we do not recommend letting students grade papers. If discovered, CPHOS may issue warnings, impose bans, etc. Q: Why do I have grading tasks even though I didn't upload any papers? A: This is because the team leader or other deputy team leaders in your team have uploaded papers. You all share these grading tasks.  Here are some questions about identity entry, along with their answers: Q: Why hasn't the teacher's review been approved? A: If the teacher's status is "Pending Review", please wait for the review; if the teacher's status is "Not in the System", it means thatquery_result[5]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change me into a vice team leader of the teacher called name2258317. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[2]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[3]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[4]:"Score" column, and click "Next" to transmit the results to the server. When the "Unmarked" column is "0" or "-", it means that the marking task assigned to your group of users has been completed. Q: Why do I have so many papers to grade? A: The distribution of papers is fairly allocated according to specific rules. If you feel that the volume of grading is abnormal, please consult the customer service and contact the CPHOS technical group in time. Q: Can I let students help me grade papers? A: In principle, the grading work should be completed by one team leader. If you feel that the volume of grading is too large, you can apply to the technical group,query_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:marking, and the Vice Team Leader User does not mark; in special circumstances (such as time pressure), the Team Leader User's Vice Team Leader User can also participate in marking, in which case the Team Leader User needs to be responsible for the marking quality of the Vice Team Leader User.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center" 2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards  before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5.End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my marking subject into 11.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[2]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[3]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[4]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[5]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"query_result[6]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change the subject I mark into 12.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[2]:function is not supported on the desktop version of the app, and it is recommended to use a mobile phone for export. Q: How do I check my scores? A: Please communicate with the current team leader in your competition area and submit a score checking form. Currently, it is not supported to submit a score checking form within the app. Q: Why can't I see the student's scores? A: There may be a delay in the system, you can try refreshing or wait a bit. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: Why can't I see the student's ranking? A: In the app, you should be able to seequery_result[3]:Information", then enter the name in turn, choose the grade, choose historical awards, and then click "Confirm" 3-3 Repeat the operation in 3-2 until all student information is entered 3-4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the candidate information to modify, or "Delete" to delete. Q: Why is the student information displayed incorrectly? A: If you find that the student information is displayed incorrectly, you can open the official CPHOS mini-program, click "My" -> "Candidate Information" -> "Edit" to change the student information.  Here are some questions students may have when checking their scores, along with their answers: Q: How do I check my scores? A: Clickquery_result[4]:you did not log in as required when registering, and the first login is definitely not approved. Q: How to add a deputy leader? A: You need to contact the external liaison, and provide the deputy leader's WeChat nickname, school, and name. The deputy leader teacher must, like you, log in to the mini-program for authorization and wait for our backend review. After the review is complete, the teacher's WeChat can be used to log into the mini-program. Q: How do I add student information? A: For how to add student information, the mini-program user guide records detailed student addition methods, which you can refer to: 3 Enter student information 3-1 Click "My" -> "Candidate Information" 3-2 Click "Add Candidatequery_result[5]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. Clickquery_result[6]:the compressed exam file. The passwords for the theoretical and experimental exam PDFs can be found in the txt file. Q: Can I upload the exam paper after the time limit has passed? A: Once the time limit has passed, you can no longer upload the exam paper. Please complete the upload within the specified time. If there are special circumstances, please consult customer service and contact the CPHOS technical team promptly. Q: How do I upload the exam paper? A: Open the official CPHOS app and follow these steps: 1 Click on "Home" 2 Click on "Answer Sheet Upload" and select the candidate's name 3 Click on "Upload Answer Sheet" under the "Question 1" heading, then choose "Take Photo"End of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change the problem I view into 12.. Answer should be 
Instruction: Classify the user's texts.Answer A If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information:Begin of query information:query_result[0]:In the database, the user's status is: The user is in the system and has been approved.NoneType of user is: vice_teamleader, The user is vice_teamleaderNot viewed problem number: 0. Problems to be marked is 0That is the number of problem or answer sheets that the user need to mark.query_result[1]:there are special circumstances, the Team Leader User is responsible for marking; only in special circumstances, the Vice Team Leader User can assist in marking.) 1. Click "Home" >> "Marking Center"  2. Please confirm that " Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct 3. Please score the questions assigned in the mini program according to the scoring standards before they are not fully marked 4. For each question, fill in the marking score in the "Score" column, then click "Next" to send the result to the server and get the next question 5. If you think there is a misjudgment during the marking process, you can click "Back" to go back to the misjudged question to modify the scorequery_result[2]:photo to delete it, then reselect 6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 until photos for every question for the student have been chosen or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it displays "Submission Successful", then all the student's answers have been successfully submitted. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets have been correctly uploaded 7 Repeat steps 2 to 6 until all the answers for every student have been successfully submitted. Q: What if I uploaded the wrong exam paper, how do I re-upload? A: You need to delete that student in the app, then re-add the student's information, and upload the exam paper again. If you have any questions,query_result[3]:be released? A: You can follow the latest updates on the CPHOS official public account. We will publish the exam review as soon as possible. Q: Is the CPHOS exam free? Or is there a fee? A: Our exams are completely free to participate in. Please follow our CPHOS official public account or visit the CPHOS official website to view the registration-related information.  Below are some questions and answers related to grading when teachers are marking papers: Q: As a teacher, how should I go about grading papers? A: Open the official CPHOS mini-program, click on "Home" -> "Marking Center", please make sure the "Current Exam" and "Marking Question Number" are correct. Before you have finished marking, pleasequery_result[4]:1.2 Click "My" >> "Go to Login" >> "Authorize Login" >> "Allow" 2. Wait for background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Clickquery_result[5]:corresponding question. The continuous selection function is added to improve upload efficiency 5. If you want to reselect the picture of a question, please click the cross in the upper right corner of the picture to delete the picture, then reselect 6. Repeat 3 to 5 until all the pictures of each question for the student have been selected or taken. Then, click "Submit" at the bottom of the page. If it shows "Submitted Successfully", all the answers of the student have been submitted successfully. Before submitting, please make sure to carefully check that all answer sheets are uploaded correctly 7. Repeat 2 to 6 until all the answers for each student have been successfully submitted III. Marking (Note: Unlessquery_result[6]:background review We will conduct the corresponding review based on the form you previously submitted. After the background review is passed, you can proceed to the next operation. 3. Enter student information 3.1 Click "My" >> "Examinee Information" 3.2 Click "Add Examinee Information", then enter the name in order, select the grade, select the historical awards, then click "Confirm" 3.3 Repeat the operation in 3.2 until all student information is entered 3.4 If you need to modify or delete some student information, please click "Edit" on the right side of the examinee information to modify, or "Delete" to delete II. Upload Test Papers 1. Click "Home" >> "Home" 2. Click "Upload Answer Card" and select the examinee's name 3. ClickEnd of query information. If the user is asking a question that is likely to be answered by these query information, answer A.Answer B If the user is making instruction to modify or add information or status or profile in the system, or if the user wants to use the following api to query information from the database, with operations listed belowChangeAllTypesMarkingSubject:Change the marking subject (or viewing problem) of the user, Args:Subject Index(int)
VerifyTeacherUserToBeSupTeacher:Complete the approvement of the user based on username given and the index of marking subject given both username and index are required and this should not be used if the user only wants to modify its marking subject, Args:Name(str),ViewProblem(int)
MakeAllTypesToBeArbiter:Change the user to be arbiter no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSupTeacher:Change the user to be a team leader no args needed, Args: None(str)
MakeAllTypesToBeSubCoach:Change the user to be vice team leader of another particular team leader whose name must be given. Args: team leader name(str)
ChangeAllTypesUploadLimit:Change the upload limit of the user, Args:Limit(int)
ChangeAllTypesSchool:Change the school of the user based on school name given, Args:SchoolName(str)
AddNewSchoolByName:Add a new school into a specific area based on school name given and area name given, Args: SchoolName(str),AreaName(str)
GetTeacherInfoByName:get user(leader,teacher) info (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by teacher name, Args:TeacherName(str)
GetTeacherInfoBySchoolName:get user(leader,teacher) infos (including corresponding team leader info, school info, upload_limit info, viewing/marking problem info, type info) by school name, Args:SchoolName(str). Answer B in this case.Answer C otherwise.Do NOT add any other information. Make sure the answer is exactly with the previous instructions. Do NOT output any error or extra information. Only output A,B or C.User's texts:Please change my subject to mark into 11.. Answer should be 
